blob: 2b62d999d308d35eb524209573d7628987c9e4bb [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000024#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
25#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000026#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000027
28#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42 }
43}
44
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000045static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000046 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000047 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48}
49
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000050ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000052static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000053 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000054 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55 if (!RD)
56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000057 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000058}
59
60static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000061 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000062 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63 if (!RT)
64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000065 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66}
67
68CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
69 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000070}
71
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000072ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
73 return CGT.getContext();
74}
75
76llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
77 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
78}
79
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000080const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
81 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000082}
83
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000084const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
85 return CGT.getTarget();
86}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000087
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000088void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000089 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000090 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000091 switch (TheKind) {
92 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000093 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000094 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000095 Ty->print(OS);
96 else
97 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000098 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000099 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000100 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000101 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000102 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000103 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000104 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000105 case InAlloca:
106 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
107 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000108 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000109 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000110 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000111 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000112 break;
113 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000114 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000115 break;
116 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000117 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000118}
119
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000120TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
121
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000122// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
123// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
124unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
125 // Verified for:
126 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
128 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
129 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000130 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000131 return 32;
132}
133
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000134bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
135 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000136 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
137 // x86_stdcall
138 // MIPS
139 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
140 return false;
141}
142
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000143void
144TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
145 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
146 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
147 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
148 // dynamic.
149 Opt = "-l";
150 Opt += Lib;
151}
152
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000153static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000154
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000155/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000156/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000157static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
158 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000159 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
160 return true;
161
162 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000163
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000164 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
165 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000166 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000167 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
168 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
169 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000170 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000171 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000172
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000173 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
174 if (!RT)
175 return false;
176
177 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
178 //
179 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
180 // current ABI.
181 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
182 return false;
183
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000184 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000185}
186
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000187/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000188/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
189/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000190static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000191 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000192 if (!RT)
193 return 0;
194 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
195 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
196 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000197
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000198 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000199 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000200 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
201 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000202 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000203
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000204 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
205 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000206 return false;
207 return true;
208}
209
210/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
211/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
212/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
213/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
214/// considered single element structs.
215///
216/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
217/// it exists.
218static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
219 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
220 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000221 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000222
223 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
224 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000225 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000226
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000227 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000228
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000229 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
230 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000231 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000232 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000233 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000234 continue;
235
236 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
237 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000238 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000239
240 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
241 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000242 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000243 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000244 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000245 }
246 }
247
248 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000249 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000250 QualType FT = FD->getType();
251
252 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000253 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000254 continue;
255
256 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
257 // struct.
258 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000259 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000260
261 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
262 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
263 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
264 break;
265 FT = AT->getElementType();
266 }
267
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000268 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000269 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
270 } else {
271 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
272 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000273 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000274 }
275 }
276
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000277 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
278 // padding beyond the element type.
279 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000280 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000281
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000282 return Found;
283}
284
285static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000286 // Treat complex types as the element type.
287 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
288 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
289
290 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
291 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
292 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000293 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000294 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000295 return false;
296
297 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
298 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
299}
300
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000301/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
302/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
303/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
304/// inhibiting optimizations.
305///
306// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
307// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
308// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
309// capable of handling it.
310static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
311 // We can only expand structure types.
312 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
313 if (!RT)
314 return false;
315
316 // We can only expand (C) structures.
317 //
318 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
319 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
320 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
321 return false;
322
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000323 uint64_t Size = 0;
324
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000325 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000326 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
327 return false;
328
329 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
330 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
331 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
332 if (FD->isBitField())
333 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000334
335 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000336 }
337
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000338 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
339 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
340 return false;
341
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000342 return true;
343}
344
345namespace {
346/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
347/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
348/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
349/// conform to any particular ABI.
350class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000351public:
352 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000353
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000354 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
355 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000356
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000357 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000358 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
359 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000360 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
361 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000362 }
363
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000364 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
365 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000366};
367
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000368class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
369public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000370 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
371 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000372};
373
374llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
375 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000376 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000377}
378
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000379ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000380 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000381 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000382
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000383 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
384 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
385 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000386
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000387 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
388 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000389}
390
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000391ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
392 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
393 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
394
395 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
396 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
397
398 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
399 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
400 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
401
402 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
403 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
404}
405
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000406//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
407// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000408//
409// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
410// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000411//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
412
413class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
414 public:
415 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
416
417 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000418 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000419
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000420 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000423};
424
425class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
426 public:
427 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
428 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
429};
430
431void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000432 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000433 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
434
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000435 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
436 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
437}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000438
439llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
440 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000441 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000442}
443
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000444/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
445ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000447 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000449 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000450 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
451 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000452 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000453 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
454 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000456 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000457
458 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
459 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460}
461
462ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
463 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
464 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
465
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000466 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000467 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
468 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
469
470 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
471 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
472 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
473
474 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
475 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
476}
477
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000478/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
479bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
480 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000481 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
482 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
483 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
484}
485
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000486static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000487 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000488 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000489 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
490 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
491 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000492 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000493 }
494
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000495 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000496 }
497
498 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000499 return Ty;
500}
501
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000502//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
503// X86-32 ABI Implementation
504//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000505
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000506/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
507struct CCState {
508 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
509
510 unsigned CC;
511 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000512 unsigned StackOffset;
513 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000514};
515
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000516/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
517class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000518 enum Class {
519 Integer,
520 Float
521 };
522
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000523 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
524
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000525 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
526 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000527 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000528 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000529
530 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
531 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
532 }
533
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000534 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000535
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000536 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
537 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000538 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
539
540 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000541
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000542 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000543 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000544
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000545 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000547 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
548 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000549
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000550 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
551 /// inalloca.
552 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
553
554 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
555 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
556 QualType Type) const;
557
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000558public:
559
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000560 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
561 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
562 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000563
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000564 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000565 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000566 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000567 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000569
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000570class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
571public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000572 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000573 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
574 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000575
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000576 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
577 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
578
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000579 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000580 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000581
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000582 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000583 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000584 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000585 return 4;
586 }
587
588 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000589 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000590
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000591 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000592 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000593 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000594 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
595 }
596
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000597 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
598 std::string &Constraints,
599 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
600 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
601 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
602 std::string &AsmString,
603 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
604
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000605 llvm::Constant *
606 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000607 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
608 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
609 ('F' << 16) |
610 ('T' << 24);
611 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
612 }
613
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000614};
615
616}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000617
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000618/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
619/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
620/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
621/// mov $0, $1
622/// mov eax, $1
623/// The result will be:
624/// mov $0, $2
625/// mov eax, $2
626static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
627 unsigned NumNewOuts,
628 std::string &AsmString) {
629 std::string Buf;
630 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
631 size_t Pos = 0;
632 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
633 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
634 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
635 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
636 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
637 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
638 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
639 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
640 Pos = DollarEnd;
641 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
642 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
643 // We have an operand reference.
644 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
645 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
646 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
647 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
648 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
649 unsigned OperandIndex;
650 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
651 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
652 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
653 OS << OperandIndex;
654 } else {
655 OS << OperandStr;
656 }
657 Pos = DigitEnd;
658 }
659 }
660 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
661}
662
663/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
664void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
665 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
666 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
667 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
668 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
669 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
670 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
671
672 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
673 // larger.
674 if (!Constraints.empty())
675 Constraints += ',';
676 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
677 Constraints += "={eax}";
678 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
679 } else {
680 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
681 Constraints += "=A";
682 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
683 }
684
685 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
686 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
687 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
688
689 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
690 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
691 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
692 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
693
694 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
695}
696
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000697/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
698/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000699bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
700 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
702
703 // Type must be register sized.
704 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
705 return false;
706
707 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
708 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
709 // registers.
710 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
711 return false;
712
713 return true;
714 }
715
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000716 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
717 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000718 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000719 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000720 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000721 return true;
722
723 // Arrays are treated like records.
724 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000725 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000726
727 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000728 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000729 if (!RT) return false;
730
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000731 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
732
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000733 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
734 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000735 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000736 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000737 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738 continue;
739
740 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000741 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000742 return false;
743 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000744 return true;
745}
746
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000747ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
748 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
749 // integer register.
750 if (State.FreeRegs) {
751 --State.FreeRegs;
752 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
753 }
754 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
755}
756
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000757ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000758 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000759 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000760
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000761 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000762 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000763 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000764 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000765
766 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
767 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
768 // backend will like.
769 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000771 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000772
773 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
774 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
775 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
776 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000777 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000778 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000779
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000780 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000781 }
782
783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000784 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000785
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000786 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000787 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000788 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000789 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000790 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000791 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000792
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000793 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
794 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000795 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000796
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000797 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
798 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000799 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000801
802 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
803 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000804 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
805 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
806 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000807 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000808 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000809 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000810 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
811
812 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
813 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000814 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000815 }
816
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000817 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000818 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000819
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000820 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
821 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
822 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
823
824 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
825 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000826}
827
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000828static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
829 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
830}
831
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000832static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
834 if (!RT)
835 return 0;
836 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
837
838 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
839 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000840 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
841 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000842 return false;
843
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000844 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000845 QualType FT = i->getType();
846
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000847 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000848 return true;
849
850 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
851 return true;
852 }
853
854 return false;
855}
856
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000857unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
858 unsigned Align) const {
859 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
860 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000861 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000862 return 0; // Use default alignment.
863
864 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
865 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
866 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000867 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000868 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000869
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000870 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000871 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
872 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000873 return 16;
874
875 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000876}
877
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000878ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000879 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000880 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000881 if (State.FreeRegs) {
882 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000883 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
884 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000885 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000886 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000887
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000888 // Compute the byval alignment.
889 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
890 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
891 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000893
894 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
895 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000896 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000898}
899
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000900X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
901 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
902 if (!T)
903 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
904
905 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
906 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
907 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
908 return Float;
909 }
910 return Integer;
911}
912
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000913bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
914 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000915 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000916 Class C = classify(Ty);
917 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000918 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000919
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000920 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
921 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000922
923 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
924 return false;
925
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000926 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
927 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000928 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000929 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000930
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000931 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000932
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000933 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000934 if (Size > 32)
935 return false;
936
937 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
938 return true;
939
940 if (Ty->isPointerType())
941 return true;
942
943 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
944 return true;
945
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000946 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000947 NeedsPadding = true;
948
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000949 return false;
950 }
951
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000952 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000953}
954
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000955ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
956 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000957 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000958 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000959 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000960 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
961 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
962 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
963 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
964 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
965 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
966 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
967 }
968
969 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000970 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000971 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000972
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000973 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000974 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000975 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000976 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000977
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000978 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000979 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000980 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
981
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000982 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
983 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
984 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000985 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000986 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000987 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000988 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
990 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000991 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000992
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000993 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
994 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
995 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
996 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000997 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
998 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000999 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1000 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001001
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001002 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001003 }
1004
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001005 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001006 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1007 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001008 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1009 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001010 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1011 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1013 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001014 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001015
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001016 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1017 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001018
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1020 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001021
1022
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001025
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001026 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001027 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001028
1029 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1030 if (InReg)
1031 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1032 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1033 }
1034 if (InReg)
1035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001037}
1038
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001039void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001040 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1041 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1042 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001043 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001044 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001045 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001046 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001047
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001048 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001049 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001050 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1051 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1052 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1053 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1054 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1055 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1056 }
1057 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001058
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001059 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001060 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1061 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1062 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001063 }
1064
1065 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1066 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1067 if (UsedInAlloca)
1068 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1069}
1070
1071void
1072X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1073 unsigned &StackOffset,
1074 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001075 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1076 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1077 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1078 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1079
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001080 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1081 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001082 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001083 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001084 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001085 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1086 assert(NumBytes);
1087 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1088 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1089 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1090 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001091}
1092
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001093static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1094 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1095 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1096 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1097 return true;
1098 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1099 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1100 return true;
1101 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1102 return false;
1103 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1104 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1105 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1106 if (Info.getInReg())
1107 return false;
1108 return true;
1109 }
1110 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1111}
1112
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001113void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1114 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1115
1116 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1117 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1118
1119 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001120 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1121
1122 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1123 bool IsThisCall =
1124 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1125 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1126 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1127 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1128 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1129 ++I;
1130 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001131
1132 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001133 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1134 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1135 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001136 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1137 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001138 }
1139
1140 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001141 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001142 ++I;
1143
1144 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1145 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001146 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1147 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001148 }
1149
1150 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1151 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001152}
1153
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001154llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001156 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001157
1158 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1159 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1160 "ap");
1161 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001162
1163 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1164 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1165 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1166 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1167 if (Align > 4) {
1168 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1169 llvm::Value *Offset =
1170 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1171 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1172 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1173 CGF.Int32Ty);
1174 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1175 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1176 Addr->getType(),
1177 "ap.cur.aligned");
1178 }
1179
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001180 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001181 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001182 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1183
1184 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001185 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001186 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001187 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001188 "ap.next");
1189 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1190
1191 return AddrTyped;
1192}
1193
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001194bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1195 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1196 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1197
1198 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1199 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1200 break;
1201 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1202 return false;
1203 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1204 return true;
1205 }
1206
1207 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1208 return true;
1209
1210 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001211 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1212 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1213 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1214 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1215 return true;
1216 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1217 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1218 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1219 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1220 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1221 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1222 return true;
1223 default:
1224 return false;
1225 }
1226 default:
1227 return false;
1228 }
1229}
1230
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001231void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1232 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1233 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1235 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1236 // Get the LLVM function.
1237 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1238
1239 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001240 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001241 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001242 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1243 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1244 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1245 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001246 }
1247 }
1248}
1249
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001250bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1251 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1252 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1253 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001254
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001255 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001256
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001257 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1258 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1259 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001260 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001261
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001262 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001263 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1264 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1265 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001266 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001267 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001268
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001269 } else {
1270 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1271 // reason.
1272 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1273
1274 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1275 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1276 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001277 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001278 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1279 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001280
1281 return false;
1282}
1283
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001284//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1285// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1286//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1287
1288
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001289namespace {
1290/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1291class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1292 enum Class {
1293 Integer = 0,
1294 SSE,
1295 SSEUp,
1296 X87,
1297 X87Up,
1298 ComplexX87,
1299 NoClass,
1300 Memory
1301 };
1302
1303 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1304 ///
1305 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1306 /// classification \arg Field.
1307 ///
1308 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1309 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1310 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1311 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001312 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001313
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001314 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1315 ///
1316 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1317 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1318 ///
1319 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1320 /// the classification process.
1321 ///
1322 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1323 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1324 ///
1325 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1326 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1327 ///
1328 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1329
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001330 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1331 /// given type T should be passed.
1332 ///
1333 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1334 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1335 ///
1336 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1337 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1338 ///
1339 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1340 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1341 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1342 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001343 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1344 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1345 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001346 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1347 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1348 /// will be Memory.
1349 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001350 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001351 ///
1352 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1353 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001354 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1355 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001356
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001357 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001358 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1359 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1360 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1361 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1362 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1363 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001364
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001365 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001366 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001367 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001368
1369 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001370 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001371 ///
1372 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1373 /// available.
1374 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001375
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001377
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001378 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001379 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001380 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001381 unsigned &neededSSE,
1382 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001383
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001384 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1385
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001386 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1387 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1388 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1389 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1390 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1391 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001392 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001393 }
1394
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001395 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001396 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1397 // 64-bit hardware.
1398 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001399
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001400public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001401 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001402 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001403 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001404 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001405
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001406 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1407 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001408 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001409 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1410 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001411 if (info.isDirect()) {
1412 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1413 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1414 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1415 }
1416 return false;
1417 }
1418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001420
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001423};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001424
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001425/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001426class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1427
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001428 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001429
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001430public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001431 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1432
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001433 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001434
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001435 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1436 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001437};
1438
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001439class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001440 bool HasAVX;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001441public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001442 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001443 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001444
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001445 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1446 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1447 }
1448
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001449 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001450 return 7;
1451 }
1452
1453 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001454 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001455 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001456
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001457 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1458 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001459 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001460 return false;
1461 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001462
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001463 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001464 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001465 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001466 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1467 }
1468
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001469 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001470 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001471 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1472 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001473 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001474 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1475 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1476 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001477 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001478 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001479 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1480 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1481 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1482 HasAVXType = true;
1483 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001484 }
1485 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001486
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001487 if (!HasAVXType)
1488 return true;
1489 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001490
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001491 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001492 }
1493
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001494 llvm::Constant *
1495 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001496 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1497 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1498 ('F' << 16) |
1499 ('T' << 24);
1500 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1501 }
1502
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001503 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1504 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1505 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001506};
1507
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001508static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1509 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1510 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1511 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001512 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001513 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001514 return ArgStr;
1515}
1516
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001517class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1518public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001519 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1520 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1521 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001522
1523 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001524 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001525 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001526 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001527 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001528
1529 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1530 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001531 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001532 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001533 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001534};
1535
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001536class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001537 bool HasAVX;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001538public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001539 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1540 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001541
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001542 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001543 return 7;
1544 }
1545
1546 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001547 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001548 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001549
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001550 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1551 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001552 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001553 return false;
1554 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001555
1556 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001557 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001558 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001559 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001560 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001561
1562 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1563 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001564 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001565 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001566 }
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001567
1568 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1569 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1570 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001571};
1572
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001573}
1574
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001575void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1576 Class &Hi) const {
1577 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1578 //
1579 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1580 // memory.
1581 //
1582 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1583 // memory.
1584 //
1585 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1586 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1587 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1588 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1589 //
1590 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1591 //
1592 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1593 // only with unions; for example:
1594 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1595 //
1596 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1597 //
1598 if (Hi == Memory)
1599 Lo = Memory;
1600 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1601 Lo = Memory;
1602 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1603 Lo = Memory;
1604 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1605 Hi = SSE;
1606}
1607
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001608X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001609 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1610 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1611 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1612 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1613 //
1614 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1615 //
1616 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1617 // the other class.
1618 //
1619 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1620 // class.
1621 //
1622 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1623 // INTEGER.
1624 //
1625 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1626 // MEMORY is used as class.
1627 //
1628 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1629
1630 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1631 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1632 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1633 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1634 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1635 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001636 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001637 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001638 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001639 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001640 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001641 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001642 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1643 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001644 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001645 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001646}
1647
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001648void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001649 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001650 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1651 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1652 // situations.
1653
1654 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1655 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1656 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1657
1658 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1659
1660 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1661 Current = Memory;
1662
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001663 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001664 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1665
1666 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1667 Current = NoClass;
1668 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1669 Lo = Integer;
1670 Hi = Integer;
1671 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1672 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001673 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1674 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001675 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001676 Current = SSE;
1677 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1678 Lo = X87;
1679 Hi = X87Up;
1680 }
1681 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1682 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001683 return;
1684 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001685
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001686 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001687 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001688 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001689 return;
1690 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001691
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001692 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001693 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001694 return;
1695 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001696
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001697 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001698 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001699 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1700 else
1701 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001702 return;
1703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001704
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001705 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001706 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001707 if (Size == 32) {
1708 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1709 // float> as integer.
1710 Current = Integer;
1711
1712 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1713 // split.
1714 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1715 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1716 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1717 Hi = Lo;
1718 } else if (Size == 64) {
1719 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1720 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1721 return;
1722
1723 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001724 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001725 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1726 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1727 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001728 Current = Integer;
1729 else
1730 Current = SSE;
1731
1732 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1733 // split.
1734 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1735 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001736 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001737 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1738 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1739 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1740 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1741 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1742 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1743 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001744 //
1745 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1746 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1747 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001748 Lo = SSE;
1749 Hi = SSEUp;
1750 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001751 return;
1752 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001753
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001754 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001755 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001756
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001757 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001758 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001759 if (Size <= 64)
1760 Current = Integer;
1761 else if (Size <= 128)
1762 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001763 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001764 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001765 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1766 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001767 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001768 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001769 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001770 Current = ComplexX87;
1771
1772 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1773 // should be split.
1774 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001775 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001776 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1777 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001778
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001779 return;
1780 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001781
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001782 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001783 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1784
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001785 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001786
1787 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001788 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1789 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001790 return;
1791
1792 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1793 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1794 //
1795 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001796 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001797 return;
1798
1799 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1800 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1801 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001802 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001803 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001804
1805 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1806 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1807 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1808 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1809 return;
1810
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001811 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1812 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001813 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001814 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1815 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1816 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1817 break;
1818 }
1819
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001820 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001821 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001822 return;
1823 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001824
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001825 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001826 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001827
1828 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001829 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1830 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001831 return;
1832
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001833 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1834 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1835 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001836 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001837 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001838
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001839 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1840
1841 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1842 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1843 return;
1844
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001845 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001846
1847 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1848 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001849
1850 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1851 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001852 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1853 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001854 "Unexpected base class!");
1855 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001856 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001857
1858 // Classify this field.
1859 //
1860 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1861 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1862 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1863 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001864 uint64_t Offset =
1865 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001866 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001867 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1868 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1869 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1870 break;
1871 }
1872 }
1873
1874 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001875 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001876 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001877 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001878 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1879 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1880
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001881 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1882 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001883 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001884 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1885 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1886 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1887 //
1888 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1889 Lo = Memory;
1890 return;
1891 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001892 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001893 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001894 Lo = Memory;
1895 return;
1896 }
1897
1898 // Classify this field.
1899 //
1900 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1901 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1902 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1903 // NO_CLASS.
1904 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1905
1906 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1907 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1908 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1909 if (BitField) {
1910 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1911 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1912 continue;
1913
1914 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001915 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001916
1917 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1918 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001919
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001920 if (EB_Lo) {
1921 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1922 FieldLo = NoClass;
1923 FieldHi = Integer;
1924 } else {
1925 FieldLo = Integer;
1926 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1927 }
1928 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001929 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001930 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1931 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1932 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1933 break;
1934 }
1935
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001936 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001937 }
1938}
1939
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001940ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001941 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1942 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001943 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001944 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1945 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1946 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1947
1948 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1949 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1950 }
1951
1952 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1953}
1954
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001955bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1956 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1957 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1958 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1959 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1960 return true;
1961 }
1962
1963 return false;
1964}
1965
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001966ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1967 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001968 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1969 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001970 //
1971 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1972 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1973 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1974 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1975 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001976 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001977 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1978 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1979 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1980
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001981 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1982 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001983 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001984
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001985 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001986 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001987
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001988 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1989 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1990 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001991
1992 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1993 // is important for good codegen.
1994 //
1995 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1996 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1997 //
1998 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1999 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2000 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2001 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2002 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2003 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2004 // might be inreg.
2005 //
2006 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2007 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2008 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2009 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2010 //
2011 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2012 // attributes. See PR12193.
2013 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2014 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2015
2016 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2017 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2018 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2020 Size));
2021 }
2022
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002023 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002024}
2025
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002026/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
2027/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002028/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002029llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002030 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002031
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00002032 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
2033 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002034 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00002035 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
2036 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
2037 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2038 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002039
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00002040 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002041 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2042 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002043 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00002044 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002045 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2046 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2047 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2048 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2049 return VT;
2050 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002051
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002052 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2053}
2054
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002055/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2056/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2057/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2058/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2059/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2060///
2061/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2062static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2063 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2064 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2065 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2066 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2067 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2068 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2069 return true;
2070
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002071 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2072 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2073 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2074
2075 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2076 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2077 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2078 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2079 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002080
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002081 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2082 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2083 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2084 return false;
2085 }
2086 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2087 return true;
2088 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002089
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002090 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2091 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2092 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002093
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002094 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2095 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002096 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2097 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002098 "Unexpected base class!");
2099 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002100 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002101
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002102 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002103 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002104 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002105
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002106 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002107 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002108 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2109 return false;
2110 }
2111 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002112
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002113 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2114 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2115 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2116 // much.
2117 unsigned idx = 0;
2118 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2119 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2120 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002121
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002122 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2123 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2124
2125 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2126 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2127 Context))
2128 return false;
2129 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002130
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002131 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2132 // clean.
2133 return true;
2134 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002135
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002136 return false;
2137}
2138
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002139/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2140/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2141/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2142/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002143static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002144 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002145 // Base case if we find a float.
2146 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2147 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002148
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002149 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002150 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002151 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2152 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2153 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2154 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2155 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002156
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002157 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002158 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2159 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002160 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2161 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2162 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2163 }
2164
2165 return false;
2166}
2167
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002168
2169/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2170/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002171llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2172GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002173 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002174 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002175 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2176 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2177 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2178 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2179 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002180
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002181 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2182 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2183 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002184 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2185 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002186 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002187
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002188 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2189}
2190
2191
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002192/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2193/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2194/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2195/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002196/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2197/// etc).
2198///
2199/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2200/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2201/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2202///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002203/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002204/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2205///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002206llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2207GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002208 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002209 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2210 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2211 if (IROffset == 0) {
2212 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002213 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2214 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002215 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002216
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002217 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2218 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2219 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2220 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2221 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2222 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2223 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002224 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2225 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2226 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2227 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002228
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002229 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2230 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2231 return IRType;
2232 }
2233 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002234
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002235 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002236 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002237 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002238 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2239 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2240 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002241
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002242 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2243 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002244 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002245 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002246
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002247 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002248 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002249 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002250 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002251 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2252 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002253 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002254
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002255 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2256 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002257 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2258 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002259
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002260 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002261
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002262 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2263 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002264 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2265 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002266}
2267
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002268
2269/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2270/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2271/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2272/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2273/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002274static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002275GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002276 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002277 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2278 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2279 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2280 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2281 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2282 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002283 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002284 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002285
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002286 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2287 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2288 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2289 // struct.
2290 if (HiStart != 8) {
2291 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2292 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2293 // Promote these to a larger type.
2294 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2295 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2296 else {
2297 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2298 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2299 }
2300 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002301
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002302 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002303
2304
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002305 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2306 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2307 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2308 return Result;
2309}
2310
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002311ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002312classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002313 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2314 // classification algorithm.
2315 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002316 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002317
2318 // Check some invariants.
2319 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002320 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2321
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002322 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002323 switch (Lo) {
2324 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002325 if (Hi == NoClass)
2326 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2327 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2328 // null.
2329 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2330 "Unknown missing lo part");
2331 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002332
2333 case SSEUp:
2334 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002335 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002336
2337 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2338 // hidden argument.
2339 case Memory:
2340 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2341
2342 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2343 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2344 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002345 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002346
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002347 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2348 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2349 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2350 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2351 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2352 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002353
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002354 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2355 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2356 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2357 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002358 break;
2359
2360 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2361 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2362 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002363 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002364 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002365
2366 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2367 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2368 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002369 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002370 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002371
2372 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2373 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2374 // %st1.
2375 case ComplexX87:
2376 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002377 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002378 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002379 NULL);
2380 break;
2381 }
2382
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002383 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002384 switch (Hi) {
2385 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2386 // never occur as a hi class.
2387 case Memory:
2388 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002389 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002390
2391 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002392 case NoClass:
2393 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002394
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002395 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002396 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002397 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2398 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002399 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002400 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002401 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002402 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2403 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002404 break;
2405
2406 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002407 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2408 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002409 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002410 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002411 case SSEUp:
2412 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002413 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002414 break;
2415
2416 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2417 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2418 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002419 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002420 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002421 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002422 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002423 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002424 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002425 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2426 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002427 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002428 break;
2429 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002430
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002431 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002432 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2433 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002434 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002435 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002436
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002437 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002438}
2439
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002440ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002441 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2442 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002443 const
2444{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002445 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002446 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002447
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002448 // Check some invariants.
2449 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2450 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002451 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2452
2453 neededInt = 0;
2454 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002455 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002456 switch (Lo) {
2457 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002458 if (Hi == NoClass)
2459 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2460 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2461 // null.
2462 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2463 "Unknown missing lo part");
2464 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002465
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002466 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2467 // on the stack.
2468 case Memory:
2469
2470 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2471 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2472 case X87:
2473 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002474 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002475 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002476 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002477
2478 case SSEUp:
2479 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002480 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002481
2482 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2483 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2484 // and %r9 is used.
2485 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002486 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002487
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002488 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002489 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002490
2491 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2492 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2493 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2494 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2495 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2496 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002497
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002498 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2499 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2500 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2501 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002502
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002503 break;
2504
2505 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2506 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2507 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002508 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002509 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002510 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002511 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002512 break;
2513 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002514 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002515
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002516 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002517 switch (Hi) {
2518 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002519 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002520 // which is passed in memory.
2521 case Memory:
2522 case X87:
2523 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002524 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002525
2526 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002527
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002528 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002529 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002530 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002531 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002532
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002533 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2534 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002535 break;
2536
2537 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2538 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2539 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002540 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002541 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002542
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002543 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2544 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002545
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002546 ++neededSSE;
2547 break;
2548
2549 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2550 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002551 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002552 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002553 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002554 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002555 break;
2556 }
2557
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002558 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2559 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2560 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2561 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002562 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002563
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002564 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002565}
2566
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002567void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002568
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002569 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2570 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002571
2572 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002573 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002574
2575 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2576 // integer register.
2577 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2578 --freeIntRegs;
2579
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002580 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002581 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2582 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002583 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002584 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002585 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2586 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002587
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002588 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002589 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002590 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002591
2592 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2593 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2594 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2595 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002596 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002597 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2598 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2599 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002600 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002601 }
2602 }
2603}
2604
2605static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2606 QualType Ty,
2607 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2608 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2609 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2610 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2611 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2612
2613 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2614 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002615 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2616 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002617 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2618 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002619 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002620 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002621 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002622 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2623 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002624 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002625 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002626 overflow_arg_area =
2627 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2628 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2629 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2630 }
2631
2632 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002633 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002634 llvm::Value *Res =
2635 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002636 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002637
2638 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2639 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2640 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2641 // an 8 byte boundary.
2642
2643 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002644 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002645 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002646 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2647 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2648 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2649
2650 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2651 return Res;
2652}
2653
2654llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2655 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2656 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2657 // struct {
2658 // i32 gp_offset;
2659 // i32 fp_offset;
2660 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2661 // i8* reg_save_area;
2662 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002663 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002664
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002665 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002666 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2667 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002668
2669 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2670 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2671 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2672 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2673
2674 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2675 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2676 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2677
2678 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2679 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2680 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2681 //
2682 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2683 // register save space).
2684
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002685 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2686 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2687 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002688 if (neededInt) {
2689 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2690 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002691 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2692 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002693 }
2694
2695 if (neededSSE) {
2696 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2697 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2698 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002699 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2700 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002701 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2702 }
2703
2704 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2705 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2706 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2707 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2708
2709 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2710
2711 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2712
2713 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2714 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2715 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2716 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2717 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2718 //
2719 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2720 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2721 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2722 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002723 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002724 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2725 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2726 "reg_save_area");
2727 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2728 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002729 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002730 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002731 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2732 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002733 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002734 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2735 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002736 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002737 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002738 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2739 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002740 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2741 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002742 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2743 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002744 llvm::Value *V =
2745 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2746 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2747 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2748 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2749
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002750 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002751 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002752 } else if (neededInt) {
2753 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2754 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002755 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002756
2757 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2758 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2759 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2760 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2761 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2762 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002763 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2764 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2765 RegAddr = Tmp;
2766 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002767 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2768 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2769 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2770 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002771 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002772 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2773 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2774 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2775 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002776 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002777 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002778 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002779 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002780 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2781 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2782 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002783 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2784 DblPtrTy));
2785 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2786 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2787 DblPtrTy));
2788 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2789 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2790 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002791 }
2792
2793 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2794 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2795 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2796 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002797 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002798 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2799 gp_offset_p);
2800 }
2801 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002802 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002803 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2804 fp_offset_p);
2805 }
2806 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2807
2808 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2809
2810 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2811 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2812
2813 // Return the appropriate result.
2814
2815 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002816 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002817 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002818 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2819 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002820 return ResAddr;
2821}
2822
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002823ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002824
2825 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2826 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2827
2828 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2829 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2830
2831 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2832
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2834 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002835 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002836 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002837 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2838 }
2839
2840 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002841 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2842
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002843 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002844 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002845 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2846 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002847 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002848
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002849 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002850 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2851 // directly.
2852 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2853 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2854 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002855 }
2856
2857 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002858 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2859 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002860 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2861 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002862
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002863 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002865 }
2866
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00002867 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
2868 // extended.
2869 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
2870 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00002871 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2872
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002873 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2874}
2875
2876void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002877 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2878 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002879
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002880 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2881 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002882}
2883
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002884llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2885 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002886 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002887
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002888 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2889 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2890 "ap");
2891 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2892 llvm::Type *PTy =
2893 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2894 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2895
2896 uint64_t Offset =
2897 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2898 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2899 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2900 "ap.next");
2901 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2902
2903 return AddrTyped;
2904}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002905
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002906namespace {
2907
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002908class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2909 public:
2910 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2911 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002912 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2913 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2914 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002915 private:
2916 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2917 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2918};
2919
2920class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00002921 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002922 public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00002923 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2924 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {
2925 }
2926 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
2927 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
2928 }
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002929};
2930
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002931}
2932
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002933void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2934 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2935 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2936 else
2937 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2938}
2939
2940llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2941 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2942 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2943 // is unuspported.
2944 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2945}
2946
2947
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002948// PowerPC-32
2949
2950namespace {
2951class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2952public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002953 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002954
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002955 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002956 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2957 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2958 }
2959
2960 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002961 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002962};
2963
2964}
2965
2966bool
2967PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2968 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2969 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2970 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2971
2972 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002973
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002974 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002975 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2976 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2977 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2978
2979 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002980 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002981
2982 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002983 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002984
2985 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2986 // 64: mq
2987 // 65: lr
2988 // 66: ctr
2989 // 67: ap
2990 // 68-75 cr0-7
2991 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002992 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002993
2994 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002995 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002996
2997 // 109: vrsave
2998 // 110: vscr
2999 // 111: spe_acc
3000 // 112: spefscr
3001 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003002 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003003
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003004 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003005}
3006
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003007// PowerPC-64
3008
3009namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003010/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3011class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003012public:
3013 enum ABIKind {
3014 ELFv1 = 0,
3015 ELFv2
3016 };
3017
3018private:
3019 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3020 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003021
3022public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003023 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3024 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003025
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003026 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003027 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003028 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3029 uint64_t &Members) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003030
3031 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3032 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3033
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003034 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3035 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3036 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3037 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3038 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3039 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003040 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003041 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3042 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003043 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003044 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3045 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003046 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003047 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003048 if (T) {
3049 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003050 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3051 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003052 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003053 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003054 continue;
3055 }
3056 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003057 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003058 }
3059 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003060
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003061 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3062 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003063};
3064
3065class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3066public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003067 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3068 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3069 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003070
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003071 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003072 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3073 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3074 }
3075
3076 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003077 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003078};
3079
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003080class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3081public:
3082 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3083
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003084 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003085 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3086 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3087 }
3088
3089 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003090 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003091};
3092
3093}
3094
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003095// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3096// extended to 64 bits.
3097bool
3098PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3099 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3100 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3101 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3102
3103 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3104 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3105 return true;
3106
3107 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3108 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3109 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3110 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3111 case BuiltinType::Int:
3112 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3113 return true;
3114 default:
3115 break;
3116 }
3117
3118 return false;
3119}
3120
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003121/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3122/// alignment in the parameter area.
3123bool
3124PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3125 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3126 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3127 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3128
3129 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3130 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3131 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3132 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3133
3134 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3135 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3136 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3137 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3138 if (EltType) {
3139 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3140 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3141 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3142 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3143 AlignAsType = EltType;
3144 }
3145
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003146 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3147 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3148 uint64_t Members = 0;
3149 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3150 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3151 AlignAsType = Base;
3152
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003153 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3154 if (AlignAsType)
3155 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3156
3157 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3158 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3159 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3160 return true;
3161
3162 return false;
3163}
3164
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003165/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3166/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3167/// to the number of base elements.
3168bool
3169PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3170 uint64_t &Members) const {
3171 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3172 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3173 if (NElements == 0)
3174 return false;
3175 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3176 return false;
3177 Members *= NElements;
3178 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3179 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3180 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3181 return false;
3182
3183 Members = 0;
3184 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3185 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3186 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3187 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3188 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3189 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3190 return false;
3191 FT = AT->getElementType();
3192 }
3193 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3194 continue;
3195
3196 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3197 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3198 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3199 continue;
3200
3201 uint64_t FldMembers;
3202 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3203 return false;
3204
3205 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3206 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3207 }
3208
3209 if (!Base)
3210 return false;
3211
3212 // Ensure there is no padding.
3213 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3214 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3215 return false;
3216 } else {
3217 Members = 1;
3218 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3219 Members = 2;
3220 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3221 }
3222
3223 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3224 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3225 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3226 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
3227 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3228 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3229 return false;
3230 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3231 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128)
3232 return false;
3233 } else {
3234 return false;
3235 }
3236
3237 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3238 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3239 // treated as being equivalent here.
3240 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3241 if (!Base)
3242 Base = TyPtr;
3243
3244 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3245 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3246 return false;
3247 }
3248
3249 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3250 // or two registers depending on their size.
3251 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 :
3252 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3253
3254 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3255 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8);
3256}
3257
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003258ABIArgInfo
3259PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003260 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3261 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3262
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003263 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3264 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3265 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3266 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3267 if (Size > 128)
3268 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3269 else if (Size < 128) {
3270 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3271 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3272 }
3273 }
3274
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003275 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003276 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003277 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003278
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003279 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3280 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003281
3282 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3283 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3284 uint64_t Members = 0;
3285 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3286 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3287 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3288 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3290 }
3291
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003292 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3293 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3294 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3295 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3296 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3297 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3298 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3299
3300 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3301 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3302 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3303 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3304 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3305 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3306 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3307 else {
3308 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3309 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3310 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3311 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3312 }
3313
3314 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3315 }
3316
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003317 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003318 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3319 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003320 }
3321
3322 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3323 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3324}
3325
3326ABIArgInfo
3327PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3328 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3329 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3330
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003331 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3332 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3333
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003334 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3335 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3336 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3337 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3338 if (Size > 128)
3339 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3340 else if (Size < 128) {
3341 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3342 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3343 }
3344 }
3345
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003346 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3347 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3348 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3349 uint64_t Members = 0;
3350 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3351 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3352 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3353 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3354 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3355 }
3356
3357 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3358 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3359 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3360 if (Bits == 0)
3361 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3362
3363 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3364 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3365 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3366 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL);
3367 } else
3368 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3369 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3370 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3371 }
3372
3373 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003374 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003375 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003376
3377 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3378 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3379}
3380
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003381// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3382llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3383 QualType Ty,
3384 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3385 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3386 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3387
3388 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3389 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3390 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3391
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003392 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3393 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3394 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3395 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3396 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3397 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3398 }
3399
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003400 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3401 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3402 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3403 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003404 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003405 QualType BaseTy;
3406 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3407
3408 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3409 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3410 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3411 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3412 SizeInBytes = 16;
3413 }
3414
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003415 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3416 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3417 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3418 "ap.next");
3419 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3420
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003421 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3422 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3423 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3424 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3425 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3426 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3427 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3428 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3429 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003430 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3431 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3432 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3433 } else {
3434 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3435 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003436 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3437 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3438 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3439 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3440 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3441 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3442 "vacplx");
3443 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3444 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3445 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3446 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3447 return Ptr;
3448 }
3449
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003450 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3451 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3452 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003453 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003454 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3455 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3456 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3457 }
3458
3459 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3460 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3461}
3462
3463static bool
3464PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3465 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003466 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3467 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3468
3469 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3470
3471 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3472 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3473 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3474 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3475
3476 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3477 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3478
3479 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3480 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3481
3482 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3483 // 64: mq
3484 // 65: lr
3485 // 66: ctr
3486 // 67: ap
3487 // 68-75 cr0-7
3488 // 76: xer
3489 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3490
3491 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3492 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3493
3494 // 109: vrsave
3495 // 110: vscr
3496 // 111: spe_acc
3497 // 112: spefscr
3498 // 113: sfp
3499 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3500
3501 return false;
3502}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003503
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003504bool
3505PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3506 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3507 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3508
3509 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3510}
3511
3512bool
3513PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3514 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3515
3516 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3517}
3518
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003520// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3522
3523namespace {
3524
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003525class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003526public:
3527 enum ABIKind {
3528 AAPCS = 0,
3529 DarwinPCS
3530 };
3531
3532private:
3533 ABIKind Kind;
3534
3535public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003536 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003537
3538private:
3539 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3540 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3541
3542 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3543 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3544 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003545 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003546 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3547
3548 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3549 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3550 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3551 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3552 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3553 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3554 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3555 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003556
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003557 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3558 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3559 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3560 // partially in registers.
3561 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003562
3563 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3564 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003565 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003566
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003567 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3568 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003569 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003570 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003571 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003572 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3573 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3574 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3575 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003576 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003577 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003578 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003579
3580 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3581 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3582 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003583 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3584 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3585 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3586 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003587
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003588 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3589 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3590 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003591 }
3592
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003593 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3594 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3595 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3596 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3597 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3598 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003599 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003600 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003601
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003602 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3603 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3604 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3605 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3606 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3607 it->info =
3608 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3609 }
3610 }
3611 }
3612
3613 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3614 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3615
3616 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3617 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3618
3619 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3620 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3621 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3622 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3623 }
3624};
3625
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003626class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003627public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003628 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3629 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003630
3631 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3632 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3633 }
3634
3635 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3636
3637 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3638};
3639}
3640
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00003641static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003642 ASTContext &Context,
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00003643 bool isAArch64,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003644 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003645
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003646ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3647 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3648 bool &IsHA,
3649 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3650 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3651 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003652 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3653 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3654 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3655 if (Size <= 32) {
3656 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3657 AllocatedGPR++;
3658 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3659 }
3660 if (Size == 64) {
3661 llvm::Type *ResType =
3662 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3663 AllocatedVFP++;
3664 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3665 }
3666 if (Size == 128) {
3667 llvm::Type *ResType =
3668 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3669 AllocatedVFP++;
3670 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3671 }
3672 AllocatedGPR++;
3673 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3674 }
3675 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3676 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3677 AllocatedVFP++;
3678 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3679 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3680 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3681 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3682 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3683 AllocatedVFP++;
3684 }
3685
3686 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3687 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3688 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3689 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3690
3691 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003692 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3693 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3694 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3695
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003696 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3697 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3698 }
3699 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3700 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3701 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3702 }
3703
3704 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3705 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003706 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003707 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003708 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3709 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003710 }
3711
3712 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3713 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3714 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3715 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3716 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3717
3718 ++AllocatedGPR;
3719 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3720 }
3721
3722 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003723 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003724 uint64_t Members = 0;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00003725 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003726 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003727 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3728 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3729 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3730 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3731 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3732 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3733 }
3734 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003735 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3736 }
3737
3738 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3739 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3740 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003741 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3742 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3743 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3744
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003745 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3746 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3747 IsSmallAggr = true;
3748 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3749 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003750 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003751 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3752 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3753 }
3754 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3755 }
3756
3757 AllocatedGPR++;
3758 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3759}
3760
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003761ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003762 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3763 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3764
3765 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3766 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3767 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3768
3769 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3770 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3771 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3772 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3773
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003774 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3775 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3776 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003777 }
3778
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003779 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3780 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3781
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003782 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00003783 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003784 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3785 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3786
3787 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3788 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3789 if (Size <= 128) {
3790 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3791 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3792 }
3793
3794 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3795}
3796
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003797/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3798bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003799 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3800 // Check whether VT is legal.
3801 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3802 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3803 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3804 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3805 return true;
3806 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3807 }
3808 return false;
3809}
3810
3811static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3812 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3813 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3814 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3815 // Standard, section B.4:
3816 //
3817 // struct {
3818 // void *__stack;
3819 // void *__gr_top;
3820 // void *__vr_top;
3821 // int __gr_offs;
3822 // int __vr_offs;
3823 // };
3824
3825 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3826 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3827 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3828 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3829 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3830
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003831 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003832 int reg_top_index;
3833 int RegSize;
3834 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3835 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3836 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3837 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3838 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3839 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3840 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3841 } else {
3842 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3843 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3844 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3845 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3846 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3847 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3848 }
3849
3850 //=======================================
3851 // Find out where argument was passed
3852 //=======================================
3853
3854 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3855 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3856 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3857 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003858 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003859 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3860 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3861
3862 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3863
3864 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003865 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003866 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3867
3868 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3869 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3870 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3871 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3872 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3873
3874 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3875 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3876 "align_regoffs");
3877 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3878 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3879 "aligned_regoffs");
3880 }
3881
3882 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003883 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003884 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3885 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3886 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3887
3888 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3889 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003890 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003891 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3892 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3893
3894 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3895
3896 //=======================================
3897 // Argument was in registers
3898 //=======================================
3899
3900 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3901 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3902 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3903
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003904 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003905 reg_top_p =
3906 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3907 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3908 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003909 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003910 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3911
3912 if (IsIndirect) {
3913 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3914 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3915 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3916 }
3917
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003918 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003919 uint64_t NumMembers;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00003920 bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003921 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003922 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3923 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3924 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3925 // contiguously.
3926 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3927 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3928 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3929 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3930 int Offset = 0;
3931
3932 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3933 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3934 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3935 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3936 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3937 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3938 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3939 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3940 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3941
3942 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3943 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3944 }
3945
3946 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3947 } else {
3948 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3949 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003950 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3951 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003952 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3953 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3954 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3955
3956 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3957 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3958
3959 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3960 }
3961
3962 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3963 }
3964
3965 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3966
3967 //=======================================
3968 // Argument was on the stack
3969 //=======================================
3970 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3971
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003972 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003973 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3974 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3975
3976 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3977 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3978 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3979 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3980
3981 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3982
3983 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3984 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3985 "align_stack");
3986 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3987 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3988 "align_stack");
3989
3990 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3991 }
3992
3993 uint64_t StackSize;
3994 if (IsIndirect)
3995 StackSize = 8;
3996 else
3997 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3998
3999 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4000 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4001
4002 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4003 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4004 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4005
4006 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4007 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4008
4009 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4010 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4011 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4012 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4013
4014 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4015 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4016
4017 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4018 }
4019
4020 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4021
4022 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4023
4024 //=======================================
4025 // Tidy up
4026 //=======================================
4027 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4028
4029 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4030 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4031 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4032
4033 if (IsIndirect)
4034 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4035
4036 return ResAddr;
4037}
4038
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004039llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004040 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4041
4042 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
4043 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00004044 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
4045 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004046
4047 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
4048 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
4049}
4050
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004051llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004052 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4053 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4054 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4055 // other cases.
4056 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004057 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004058
4059 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4060 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4061
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004062 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004063 bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004064
4065 bool isIndirect = false;
4066 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4067 // be passed indirectly.
4068 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4069 isIndirect = true;
4070 Size = 8;
4071 Align = 8;
4072 }
4073
4074 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4075 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4076
4077 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4078 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4079 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4080
4081 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4082 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4083 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4084 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4085 }
4086
4087 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4088 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4089 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4090 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4091 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4092 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4093 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4094 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4095 }
4096
4097 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4098 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4099 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4100 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4101
4102 if (isIndirect)
4103 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4104 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4105 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4106
4107 return AddrTyped;
4108}
4109
4110//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004111// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004112//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004113
4114namespace {
4115
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004116class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004117public:
4118 enum ABIKind {
4119 APCS = 0,
4120 AAPCS = 1,
4121 AAPCS_VFP
4122 };
4123
4124private:
4125 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004126 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4127 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4128 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4129 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4130 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004131
4132public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004133 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4134 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004135 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004136 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004137 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004138
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004139 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004140 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4141 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4142 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004143 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004144 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004145 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004146 return true;
4147 default:
4148 return false;
4149 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004150 }
4151
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004152 bool isEABIHF() const {
4153 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4154 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4155 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4156 return true;
4157 default:
4158 return false;
4159 }
4160 }
4161
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004162 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4163
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004164private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004165 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004166 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004167 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004168 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004169
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004170 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004171
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004172 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4173 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004174
4175 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4176 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4177 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004178
4179 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4180 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4181 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004182};
4183
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004184class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4185public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004186 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4187 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004188
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004189 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4190 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4191 }
4192
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004193 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004194 return 13;
4195 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004196
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004197 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004198 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4199 }
4200
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004201 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004202 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004203 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004204
4205 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004206 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004207 return false;
4208 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004209
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004210 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004211 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4212 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4213 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004214
4215 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004216 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004217 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4218 if (!FD)
4219 return;
4220
4221 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4222 if (!Attr)
4223 return;
4224
4225 const char *Kind;
4226 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4227 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4228 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4229 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4230 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4231 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4232 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4233 }
4234
4235 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4236
4237 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4238
4239 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4240 return;
4241
4242 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4243 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4244 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4245 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4246 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4247 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4248 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4249 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4250 B));
4251 }
4252
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004253};
4254
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004255}
4256
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004257void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004258 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004259 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004260 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4261 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4262 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4263 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4264 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004265 resetAllocatedRegs();
4266
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004267 const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4268 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic();
4269
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004270 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4271 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4272 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4273 } else {
4274 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4275 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004276 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004277 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4278 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004279 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004280 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4281 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004282 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004283
4284 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4285 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4286 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004287 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004288 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4289 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004290 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4291 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004292 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004293 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4294 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4295 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004296 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4297 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004298 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4299 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004300 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004301 } else {
4302 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004303 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004304 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004305 }
4306 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004307
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004308 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4309 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4310 return;
4311
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004312 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4313 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4314 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4315}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004316
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004317/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4318llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4319 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004320 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004321 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4322 else if (isEABI())
4323 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4324 else
4325 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4326}
4327
4328/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4329/// as the C calling convention.
4330llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004331 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004332 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4333 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4334 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004335 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004336 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4337}
4338
4339void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
4340 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4341
4342 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4343 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4344 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4345 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4346 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004347}
4348
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004349/// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004350/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4351/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4352/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004353static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
4354 ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64,
4355 uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004356 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004357 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004358 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members))
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004359 return false;
4360 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4361 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4362 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004363 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004364 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004365
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004366 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004367 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004368 uint64_t FldMembers;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004369 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers))
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004370 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004371
4372 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4373 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004374 }
4375 } else {
4376 Members = 1;
4377 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4378 Members = 2;
4379 Ty = CT->getElementType();
4380 }
4381
4382 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004383 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine
4384 // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type.
4385 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4386 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4387 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4388 // including __fp16.
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004389 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004390 if (isAArch64) {
4391 if (!BT->isFloatingPoint())
4392 return false;
4393 } else {
4394 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
4395 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4396 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4397 return false;
4398 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004399 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4400 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4401 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4402 return false;
4403 } else {
4404 return false;
4405 }
4406
4407 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
4408 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4409 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4410 if (!Base)
4411 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00004412
4413 if (Base != TyPtr) {
4414 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4415 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4416 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4417
4418 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4419 // of their members.
4420 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4421 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4422
4423 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4424 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4425 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4426 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4427 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4428 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4429 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4430 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4431
4432 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4433 return false;
4434 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004435 }
4436
4437 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4438 if (HAMembers)
4439 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004440
4441 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004442}
4443
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004444/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4445/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004446void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4447 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004448 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004449 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4450 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4451 // the stack.
4452 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004453 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004454 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004455 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4456 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4457 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4458 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4459 bool FoundSlot = true;
4460 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4461 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4462 FoundSlot = false;
4463 break;
4464 }
4465 if (FoundSlot) {
4466 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4467 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004468 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004469 return;
4470 }
4471 }
4472 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4473 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4474 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4475 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004476 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004477}
4478
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004479/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4480/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4481/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4482void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004483 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004484 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4485
4486 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4487 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4488
4489 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4490}
4491
4492void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4493 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4494 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4495 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4496 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4497}
4498
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004499ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004500 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004501 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4502 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4503 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4504 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4505 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4506 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4507 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4508 // to four Elements.
4509
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004510 const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4511 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4512
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004513 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4514 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4515 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4516 if (Size <= 32) {
4517 llvm::Type *ResType =
4518 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004519 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004520 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004521 }
4522 if (Size == 64) {
4523 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4524 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004525 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4526 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4527 } else {
4528 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4529 IsCPRC = true;
4530 }
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004531 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004532 }
4533 if (Size == 128) {
4534 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4535 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004536 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4537 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4538 } else {
4539 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4540 IsCPRC = true;
4541 }
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004542 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004543 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004544 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004545 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4546 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004547 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004548 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4549 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4550 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4551 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4552 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4553 IsCPRC = true;
4554 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004555 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004556 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004557 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4558 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4559 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4560 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4561 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4562 IsCPRC = true;
4563 }
4564 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4565 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4566 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4567 IsCPRC = true;
4568 }
4569 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004570 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004571
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004572 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004573 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004574 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004575 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004576 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004577
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004578 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4579 if (!IsCPRC)
4580 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004581 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()
4582 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4583 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP));
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004584 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004585
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004586 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4587 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004588 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004589 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004590
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004591 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004592 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004593 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4594
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004595 if (isAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004596 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4597 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004598 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004599 uint64_t Members = 0;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004600 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004601 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004602 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4603 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4604 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4605 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004606 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004607 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004608 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004609 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004610 else {
4611 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4612 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004613 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004614 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004615 IsCPRC = true;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004616 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004617 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004618 }
4619
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004620 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004621 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4622 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4623 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004624 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4625 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4626 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4627 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4628 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004629 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004630 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4631 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4632 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4633 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4634 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004635 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004636 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004637 }
4638
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004639 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004640 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004641 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004642 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4643 // we can.
4644 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004645 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4646 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004647 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004648 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004649 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4650 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004651 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004652 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004653
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004654 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004655 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004657}
4658
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004659static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004660 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4661 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4662 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4663 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4664
4665 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4666
4667 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4668 if (Size > 32)
4669 return false;
4670
4671 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4672 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4673 return false;
4674
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004675 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4676 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4677 return false;
4678
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004679 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004680 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004681 return true;
4682
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004683 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4684 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4685 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004686
4687 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4688 // above, but they are not.
4689
4690 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4691 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4692 if (!RT) return false;
4693
4694 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4695 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4696 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4697 return false;
4698
4699 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4700 // like".
4701 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4702
4703 bool HadField = false;
4704 unsigned idx = 0;
4705 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4706 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004707 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004708
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004709 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4710 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4711 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4712 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4713 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4714 if (!RD->isUnion())
4715 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004716
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004717 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4718 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004719
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004720 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004721 }
4722
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004723 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4724 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4725 return false;
4726
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004727 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4728 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004729
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004730 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4731 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4732 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004733 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4734 if (HadField)
4735 return false;
4736
4737 HadField = true;
4738 }
4739 }
4740
4741 return true;
4742}
4743
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004744ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4745 bool isVariadic) const {
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004746 const bool isAAPCS_VFP =
4747 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4748
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004749 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004750 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004751
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004752 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004753 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4754 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004755 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004756 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004757
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004758 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004759 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4760 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4761 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4762
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004763 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()
4764 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4765 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP));
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004766 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004767
4768 // Are we following APCS?
4769 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004770 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004771 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4772
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004773 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4774 //
4775 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4776 // correctly.
4777 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004778 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4779 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004780
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004781 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004782 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004783 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004784 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004785 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004786 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004787 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004788 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4789 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004790 }
4791
4792 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004793 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004794 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004795 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004796
4797 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4798
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004799 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004800 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4801
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004802 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004803 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004804 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Oliver Stannarded8ecc82014-08-27 16:31:57 +00004805 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004806 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004807 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004808 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004809 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004810 }
4811
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004812 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4813 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004814 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004815 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004816 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4817 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004818 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4819 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004820
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004821 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4822 if (Size <= 8)
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004823 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4824 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004825 if (Size <= 16)
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004826 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4827 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
4828 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0,
4829 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004830 }
4831
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004832 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004833 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004834}
4835
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004836/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4837bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4838 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4839 // Check whether VT is legal.
4840 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4841 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4842 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4843 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4844 return true;
4845 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4846 return Size <= 32;
4847 }
4848 return false;
4849}
4850
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004851llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004852 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004853 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4854 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004855
4856 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004857 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004858 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004859
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004860 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4861 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4862 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4863 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4864 }
4865
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004866 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004867 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004868 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004869
4870 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4871 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004872 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4873 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4874 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4875 else
4876 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004877 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4878 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4879 IsIndirect = true;
4880 Size = 4;
4881 TyAlign = 4;
4882 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004883
4884 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004885 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4886 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4887 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4888 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4889 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4890 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004891 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004892 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004893
4894 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004895 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004896 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004897 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004898 "ap.next");
4899 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4900
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004901 if (IsIndirect)
4902 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004903 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004904 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4905 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4906 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4907 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4908 // than the ABI alignment.
4909 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4910 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4911 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4912 "var.align");
4913 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4914 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4915 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4916 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4917 TyAlign, false);
4918 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4919 }
4920 llvm::Type *PTy =
4921 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4922 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4923
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004924 return AddrTyped;
4925}
4926
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004927namespace {
4928
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004929class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4930 public:
4931 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4932 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004933 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4934 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4935 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004936 private:
4937 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4938 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4939};
4940
4941class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4942 public:
4943 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4944 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4945};
4946
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004947}
4948
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004949void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4950 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4951 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4952 else
4953 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4954}
4955
4956llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4957 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4958 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4959 // is unsupported.
4960 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4961}
4962
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004963//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004964// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004965//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4966
4967namespace {
4968
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004969class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004970public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004971 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004972
4973 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4974 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4975
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004976 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4977 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4978 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004979};
4980
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004981class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004982public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004983 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4984 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004985
4986 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4987 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004988private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004989 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4990 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4991 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004992};
4993
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004994ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004995 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4996 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004997
4998 // note: this is different from default ABI
4999 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5001
5002 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5003 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5004 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5005
5006 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5007 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005008}
5009
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005010ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005011 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5012 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5013 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005014
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005015 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5016 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005017}
5018
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005019void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005020 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5021 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005022 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5023 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005024
5025 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5026 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5027 return;
5028
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005029 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5030}
5031
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005032llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5033 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5034 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005035}
5036
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005037void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5038SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5039 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005040 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5041 if (!FD) return;
5042
5043 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5044
5045 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005046 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005047 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005048 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005049 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005050 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005051 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5052 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005053 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005054 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005055 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005056 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005057
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005058 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005059 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005060 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005061 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5062 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005063 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5064 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5065 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5066 }
5067 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5068 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5069 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5070 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5071 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5072 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5073 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5074 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5075 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5076 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5077 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5078 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5079 }
5080 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005081 }
5082}
5083
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005084void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5085 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005086 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5087 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5088
5089 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5090 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5091
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00005092 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
5093 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5094 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005095 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5096 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5097}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005098}
5099
5100//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005101// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5102//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5103
5104namespace {
5105
5106class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5107public:
5108 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5109
5110 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5111 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5112 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5113
5114 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5115 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5116
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005117 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005118 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5119 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005120 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5121 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005122 }
5123
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005124 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5125 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005126};
5127
5128class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5129public:
5130 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5131 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5132};
5133
5134}
5135
5136bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5137 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5138 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5139 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5140
5141 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5142 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5143 return true;
5144
5145 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5146 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5147 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5148 case BuiltinType::Int:
5149 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5150 return true;
5151 default:
5152 return false;
5153 }
5154 return false;
5155}
5156
5157bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5158 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5159}
5160
5161bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5162 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5163 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5164 case BuiltinType::Float:
5165 case BuiltinType::Double:
5166 return true;
5167 default:
5168 return false;
5169 }
5170
5171 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5172 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5173 bool Found = false;
5174
5175 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5176 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005177 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5178 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005179
5180 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5181 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5182 continue;
5183
5184 if (Found)
5185 return false;
5186 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5187 if (!Found)
5188 return false;
5189 }
5190
5191 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005192 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005193 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5194 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5195 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5196 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5197 return true;
5198
5199 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5200 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5201 if (Found)
5202 return false;
5203 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5204 if (!Found)
5205 return false;
5206 }
5207
5208 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5209 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5210 return Found;
5211 }
5212
5213 return false;
5214}
5215
5216llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5217 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5218 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5219 // struct {
5220 // i64 __gpr;
5221 // i64 __fpr;
5222 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5223 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5224 // };
5225
5226 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5227 // GPRs or FPRs.
5228 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5229 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5230 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5231
5232 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5233 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5234 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5235 if (IsIndirect) {
5236 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5237 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5238 } else
5239 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5240 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5241 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5242
5243 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5244 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5245
5246 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5247 if (InFPRs) {
5248 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5249 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5250 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5251 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5252 } else {
5253 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5254 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5255 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5256 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5257 }
5258
5259 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5260 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5261 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5262 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5263 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5264 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005265 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005266
5267 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5268 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5269 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5270 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5271
5272 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5273 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5274
5275 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5276 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5277 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5278 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5279 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5280 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5281 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5282 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5283 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5284 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5285 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5286 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5287 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5288 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5289 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5290 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5291
5292 // Update the register count
5293 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5294 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5295 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5296 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5297 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5298
5299 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5300 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5301
5302 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5303 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5304 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5305 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5306 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5307 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5308 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5309 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5310 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5311 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5312
5313 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5314 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5315 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5316 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5317 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5318
5319 // Return the appropriate result.
5320 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5321 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5322 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5323 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5324
5325 if (IsIndirect)
5326 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5327
5328 return ResAddr;
5329}
5330
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005331ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5332 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5333 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5334 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5335 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5336 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5337 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5338}
5339
5340ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5341 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005342 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005343 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5344
5345 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5346 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5347 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5348
5349 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5350 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5351 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005352 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005353
5354 // Handle small structures.
5355 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5356 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5357 // fail the size test above.
5358 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5359 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005360 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005361
5362 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5363 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5364 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5365 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5366 if (Size == 32)
5367 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5368 else
5369 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5370 } else
5371 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5372 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5373 }
5374
5375 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5376 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005377 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005378
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005379 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005380}
5381
5382//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005383// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005384//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005385
5386namespace {
5387
5388class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5389public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005390 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5391 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005392 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005393 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005394};
5395
5396}
5397
5398void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5399 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5400 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5401 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5402 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5403 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5404 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5405
5406 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5407 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5408
5409 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005410 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005411
5412 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005413 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005414 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5415 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005416 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005417 }
5418}
5419
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005420//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005421// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5422// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005423//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5424
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005425namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005426class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005427 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005428 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5429 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005430 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005431 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005432 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005433 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005434public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005435 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005436 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005437 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005438
5439 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005440 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005441 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5442 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5443 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005444};
5445
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005446class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005447 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005448public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005449 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5450 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005451 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005452
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005453 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005454 return 29;
5455 }
5456
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005457 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005458 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005459 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5460 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005461 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005462 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5463 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5464 }
5465 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5466 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5467 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005468 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005469
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005470 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005471 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005472
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005473 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005474 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005475 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005476};
5477}
5478
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005479void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005480 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005481 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5482 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005483
5484 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5485 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5486 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5487
5488 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5489 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5490
5491 if (R)
5492 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005493}
5494
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005495// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5496// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005497llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005498 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5499
5500 if (IsO32) {
5501 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5502 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5503 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005504
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005505 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5506 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005507
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005508 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005509
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005510 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5511 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5512 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5513 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5514 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005515
5516 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5517 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005518 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005519
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005520 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5521 unsigned idx = 0;
5522 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5523
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005524 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5525 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005526 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5527 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005528 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005529 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5530
5531 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5532 continue;
5533
5534 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5535 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5536 continue;
5537
5538 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5539 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5540 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5541
5542 // Add double type.
5543 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5544 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5545 }
5546
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005547 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5548 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005549
5550 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5551}
5552
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005553llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5554 uint64_t Offset) const {
5555 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005556 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005557
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005558 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005559}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005560
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005561ABIArgInfo
5562MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005563 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005564 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005565 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005566
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005567 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5568 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005569 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5570 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005571
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005572 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005573 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005574 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005575 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5576
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005577 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005578 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005579 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005580 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005581
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005582 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5583 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5584 // aggregate is unaligned.
5585 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005586 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005587 }
5588
5589 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5590 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5591 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5592
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005593 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5594 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5595
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005596 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005597 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005598}
5599
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005600llvm::Type*
5601MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005602 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005603 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005604
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005605 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005606 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005607 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5608 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005609
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005610 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5611 // following conditions are met:
5612 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5613 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5614 // point types.
5615 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5616 //
5617 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5618 //
5619 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5620 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5621 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005622 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005623
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005624 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5625 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005626
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005627 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005628 }
5629
5630 if (b == e)
5631 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5632 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5633
5634 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005635 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005636 }
5637
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005638 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005639 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5640}
5641
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005642ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005643 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5644
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005645 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5646 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5647
5648 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5649 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5650 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005651 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5652
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005653 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005654 if (Size <= 128) {
5655 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5657
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005658 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005659 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005660 if (!IsO32 ||
5661 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5662 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5663 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5664 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5665 return ArgInfo;
5666 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005667 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005668
5669 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5670 }
5671
5672 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5673 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5674 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5675
5676 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5677 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5678}
5679
5680void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005681 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005682 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5683 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005684
5685 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005686 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005687
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005688 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5689 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005690}
5691
5692llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5693 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005694 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5695 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5696
5697 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5698 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5699 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005700 int64_t TypeAlign =
5701 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005702 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5703 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5704 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5705 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5706
5707 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5708 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5709 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5710 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5711 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5712 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5713 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5714 }
5715 else
5716 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5717
5718 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5719 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5720 uint64_t Offset =
5721 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5722 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5723 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5724 "ap.next");
5725 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5726
5727 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005728}
5729
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005730bool
5731MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5732 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5733 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5734 // as canonical as it gets.
5735
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005736 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5737 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005738 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005739
5740 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5741 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5742 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5743 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005744 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005745
5746 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5747 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5748
5749 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5750 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5751 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5752 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5753 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005754 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005755 return false;
5756}
5757
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005758//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5759// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5760// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5761// handling.
5762//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5763
5764namespace {
5765
5766class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5767public:
5768 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5769 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5770
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005771 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5772 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005773};
5774
5775void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5776 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5777 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5778 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5779 if (!FD) return;
5780
5781 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5782
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005783 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005784 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5785 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005786 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005787 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5788 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005789 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5790 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5791 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5792 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5793
5794 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5795 Operands.push_back(F);
5796
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005797 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005798 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005799 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005800 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005801 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005802 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005803
5804 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5805 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5806 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005807 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005808 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5809 }
5810 }
5811 }
5812}
5813
5814}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005815
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005816//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5817// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5818//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5819
5820namespace {
5821
5822class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5823
5824
5825public:
5826 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5827
5828private:
5829
5830 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5831 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5832
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005833 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005834
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005835 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5836 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005837};
5838
5839class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5840public:
5841 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5842 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5843
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005844 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005845 return 29;
5846 }
5847};
5848
5849}
5850
5851void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005852 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5853 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005854 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5855 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005856}
5857
5858ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5859 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5860 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5861 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5862 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5863
5864 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5865 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5866 }
5867
5868 // Ignore empty records.
5869 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5870 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5871
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005872 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005873 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005874
5875 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5876 if (Size > 64)
5877 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5878 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5879 else if (Size > 32)
5880 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5881 else if (Size > 16)
5882 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5883 else if (Size > 8)
5884 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5885 else
5886 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5887}
5888
5889ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5890 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5891 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5892
5893 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5894 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5895 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5896
5897 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5898 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5899 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5900 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5901
5902 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5903 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5904 }
5905
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005906 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5907 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5908
5909 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5910 // are returned indirectly.
5911 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5912 if (Size <= 64) {
5913 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5914 if (Size <= 8)
5915 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5916 if (Size <= 16)
5917 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5918 if (Size <= 32)
5919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5920 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5921 }
5922
5923 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5924}
5925
5926llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005927 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005928 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005929 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005930
5931 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5932 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5933 "ap");
5934 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5935 llvm::Type *PTy =
5936 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5937 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5938
5939 uint64_t Offset =
5940 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5941 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5942 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5943 "ap.next");
5944 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5945
5946 return AddrTyped;
5947}
5948
5949
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005950//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5951// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5952// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5953//
5954// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5955// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5956// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5957//
5958// One case requires special care:
5959//
5960// struct mixed {
5961// int i;
5962// float f;
5963// };
5964//
5965// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5966// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5967// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5968// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5969//
5970// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5971//
5972// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5973// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5974// bytes.
5975//
5976namespace {
5977class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5978public:
5979 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5980
5981private:
5982 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005983 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5984 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5985 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005986
5987 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5988 // serves two purposes:
5989 //
5990 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5991 // in registers.
5992 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5993 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5994 //
5995 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5996 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5997 //
5998 struct CoerceBuilder {
5999 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6000 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6001 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6002 uint64_t Size;
6003 bool InReg;
6004
6005 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6006 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6007
6008 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6009 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6010 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6011 if (ToSize == Size)
6012 return;
6013
6014 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6015 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6016 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6017 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6018 Size = Aligned;
6019 }
6020
6021 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6022 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6023 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6024 Size += 64;
6025 }
6026
6027 // Final in-word padding.
6028 if (Size < ToSize) {
6029 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6030 Size = ToSize;
6031 }
6032 }
6033
6034 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6035 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6036 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6037 if (Offset % Bits)
6038 return;
6039 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6040 if (Bits < 64)
6041 InReg = true;
6042 pad(Offset);
6043 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6044 Size = Offset + Bits;
6045 }
6046
6047 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6048 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6049 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6050 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6051 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6052 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6053 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6054 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6055 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6056 break;
6057 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6058 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6059 break;
6060 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6061 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6062 break;
6063 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6064 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6065 break;
6066 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6067 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6068 pad(ElemOffset);
6069 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6070 Size += 64;
6071 }
6072 break;
6073 default:
6074 break;
6075 }
6076 }
6077 }
6078
6079 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6080 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6081 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6082 return false;
6083 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6084 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6085 return false;
6086 return true;
6087 }
6088
6089 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6090 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6091 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6092 return Elems.front();
6093 else
6094 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6095 }
6096 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006097};
6098} // end anonymous namespace
6099
6100ABIArgInfo
6101SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6102 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6103 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6104
6105 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6106
6107 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6108 // pointer / sret pointer.
6109 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6110 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6111
6112 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6113 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6114 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6115
6116 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6117 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6118 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6119
6120 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6121 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6123
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006124 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6125 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6126 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6127 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6128
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006129 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006130 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6131 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6132 if (!StrTy)
6133 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6134
6135 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6136 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6137 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6138
6139 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6140 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6141
6142 if (CB.InReg)
6143 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6144 else
6145 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006146}
6147
6148llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6149 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006150 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6151 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6152 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6153 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6154
6155 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6156 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6157 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6158 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6159 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6160 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6161 unsigned Stride;
6162
6163 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6164 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006165 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006166 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6167
6168 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6169 Stride = 8;
6170 ArgAddr = Builder
6171 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6172 "extend");
6173 break;
6174
6175 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6176 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6177 ArgAddr = Addr;
6178 break;
6179
6180 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6181 Stride = 8;
6182 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6183 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6184 "indirect");
6185 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6186 break;
6187
6188 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6189 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6190 }
6191
6192 // Update VAList.
6193 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6194 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6195
6196 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006197}
6198
6199void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6200 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006201 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6202 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006203}
6204
6205namespace {
6206class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6207public:
6208 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6209 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006210
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006211 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006212 return 14;
6213 }
6214
6215 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006216 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006217};
6218} // end anonymous namespace
6219
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006220bool
6221SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6222 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6223 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6224 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6225
6226 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6227
6228 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6229 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6230 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6231
6232 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6233 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6234
6235 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6236 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6237
6238 // Y = 64
6239 // PSR = 65
6240 // WIM = 66
6241 // TBR = 67
6242 // PC = 68
6243 // NPC = 69
6244 // FSR = 70
6245 // CSR = 71
6246 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6247
6248 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6249 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6250
6251 return false;
6252}
6253
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006254
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006255//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006256// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006257//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006258
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006259namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006260
6261/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6262/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6263typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6264
6265/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6266///
6267/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6268/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6269/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6270///
6271/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6272/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6273/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6274/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6275/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6276/// Recursive type encoding.
6277///
6278/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6279/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6280/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6281/// the type is encountered.
6282///
6283/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6284/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6285/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6286/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6287/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6288///
6289/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6290/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6291/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6292/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6293/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6294///
6295/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6296///
6297/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6298/// cached encoding is used;
6299///
6300/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6301/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6302///
6303/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6304/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6305///
6306/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6307/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6308/// it is swapped back in;
6309///
6310/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6311/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6312/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6313///
6314/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6315/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6316/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6317/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6318///
6319class TypeStringCache {
6320 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6321 struct Entry {
6322 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6323 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6324 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6325 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6326 };
6327 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6328 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6329 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6330public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006331 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006332 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6333 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6334 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6335 bool IsRecursive);
6336 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6337};
6338
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006339/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006340/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6341class FieldEncoding {
6342 bool HasName;
6343 std::string Enc;
6344public:
6345 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6346 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6347 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6348 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6349 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6350 }
6351};
6352
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006353class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6354public:
6355 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006356 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6357 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006358};
6359
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006360class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006361 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006362public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006363 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006364 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006365 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6366 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006367};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006368
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006369} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006370
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006371llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6372 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006373 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006374
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006375 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006376 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6377 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6378 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006379
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006380 // Handle the argument.
6381 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6382 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6383 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6384 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006385 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006386 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006387 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006388 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006389 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006390 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006391 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6392 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006393 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6394 ArgSize = 0;
6395 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006396 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6397 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006398 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6399 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6400 if (ArgSize < 4)
6401 ArgSize = 4;
6402 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006403 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6404 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6405 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6406 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006407 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6408 ArgSize = 4;
6409 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006410 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006411
6412 // Increment the VAList.
6413 if (ArgSize) {
6414 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6415 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6416 }
6417 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006418}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006419
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006420/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6421/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6422/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6423/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6424/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6425void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6426 std::string StubEnc) {
6427 if (!ID)
6428 return;
6429 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6430 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6431 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6432 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6433 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6434 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6435 E.State = Incomplete;
6436 ++IncompleteCount;
6437}
6438
6439/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6440/// must be removed from the cache.
6441/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6442/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6443bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6444 if (!ID)
6445 return false;
6446 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6447 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6448 Entry &E = I->second;
6449 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6450 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6451 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6452 bool IsRecursive = false;
6453 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6454 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6455 IsRecursive = true;
6456 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6457 }
6458 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6459 Map.erase(I);
6460 else {
6461 // Swap the Recursive back.
6462 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6463 E.Swapped.clear();
6464 E.State = Recursive;
6465 }
6466 --IncompleteCount;
6467 return IsRecursive;
6468}
6469
6470/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6471/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6472void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6473 bool IsRecursive) {
6474 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6475 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6476 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6477 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6478 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6479 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6480 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6481 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6482 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6483 return;
6484 }
6485 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6486 E.Str = Str.str();
6487 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6488}
6489
6490/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6491/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6492/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6493StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6494 if (!ID)
6495 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6496 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6497 if (I == Map.end())
6498 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6499 Entry &E = I->second;
6500 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6501 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6502
6503 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6504 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6505 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6506 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6507 }
6508 return E.Str.c_str();
6509}
6510
6511/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6512/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6513/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6514/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6515/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6516/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6517///
6518/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6519/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6520/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6521/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6522///
6523static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6524 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6525
6526/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6527void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6528 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6529 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6530 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6531 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6532 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6533 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6534 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6535 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6536 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6537 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6538 }
6539}
6540
6541static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6542 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6543 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6544
6545/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6546/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6547static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6548 const RecordDecl *RD,
6549 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6550 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006551 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006552 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6553 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006554 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006555 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006556 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006557 Enc += "b(";
6558 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6559 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006560 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006561 OS.flush();
6562 Enc += ':';
6563 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006564 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006565 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006566 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006567 Enc += ')';
6568 Enc += '}';
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006569 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006570 }
6571 return true;
6572}
6573
6574/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6575/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6576/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6577static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6578 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6579 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6580 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6581 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6582 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6583 Enc += TypeString;
6584 return true;
6585 }
6586
6587 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6588 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6589 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6590 Enc += '(';
6591 if (ID)
6592 Enc += ID->getName();
6593 Enc += "){";
6594
6595 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6596 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006597 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6598 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6599 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6600 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6601 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006602 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006603 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6604 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6605 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6606 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6607 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6608 return false;
6609 }
6610 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6611 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6612 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6613 if (RT->isUnionType())
6614 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006615 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6616 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006617 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6618 if (I)
6619 Enc += ',';
6620 Enc += FE[I].str();
6621 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006622 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006623 Enc += '}';
6624 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6625 return true;
6626}
6627
6628/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6629static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6630 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6631 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6632 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6633 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6634 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6635 Enc += TypeString;
6636 return true;
6637 }
6638
6639 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6640 Enc += "e(";
6641 if (ID)
6642 Enc += ID->getName();
6643 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006644
6645 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006646 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006647 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6648 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6649 ++I) {
6650 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6651 EnumEnc += "m(";
6652 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6653 EnumEnc += "){";
6654 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6655 EnumEnc += '}';
6656 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6657 }
6658 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6659 unsigned E = FE.size();
6660 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6661 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006662 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006663 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006664 }
6665 }
6666 Enc += '}';
6667 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6668 return true;
6669}
6670
6671/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6672/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6673static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6674 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6675 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6676 int Lookup = 0;
6677 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6678 Lookup += 1<<0;
6679 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6680 Lookup += 1<<1;
6681 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6682 Lookup += 1<<2;
6683 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6684}
6685
6686/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6687static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6688 const char *EncType;
6689 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6690 case BuiltinType::Void:
6691 EncType = "0";
6692 break;
6693 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6694 EncType = "b";
6695 break;
6696 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6697 EncType = "uc";
6698 break;
6699 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6700 EncType = "uc";
6701 break;
6702 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6703 EncType = "sc";
6704 break;
6705 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6706 EncType = "us";
6707 break;
6708 case BuiltinType::Short:
6709 EncType = "ss";
6710 break;
6711 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6712 EncType = "ui";
6713 break;
6714 case BuiltinType::Int:
6715 EncType = "si";
6716 break;
6717 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6718 EncType = "ul";
6719 break;
6720 case BuiltinType::Long:
6721 EncType = "sl";
6722 break;
6723 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6724 EncType = "ull";
6725 break;
6726 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6727 EncType = "sll";
6728 break;
6729 case BuiltinType::Float:
6730 EncType = "ft";
6731 break;
6732 case BuiltinType::Double:
6733 EncType = "d";
6734 break;
6735 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6736 EncType = "ld";
6737 break;
6738 default:
6739 return false;
6740 }
6741 Enc += EncType;
6742 return true;
6743}
6744
6745/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6746static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6747 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6748 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6749 Enc += "p(";
6750 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6751 return false;
6752 Enc += ')';
6753 return true;
6754}
6755
6756/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006757static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6758 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006759 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6760 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6761 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6762 return false;
6763 Enc += "a(";
6764 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6765 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6766 else
6767 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6768 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006769 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6770 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006771 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6772 return false;
6773 Enc += ')';
6774 return true;
6775}
6776
6777/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6778/// and the arguments.
6779static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6780 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6781 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6782 Enc += "f{";
6783 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6784 return false;
6785 Enc += "}(";
6786 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6787 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6788 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6789 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6790 if (I != E) {
6791 do {
6792 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6793 return false;
6794 ++I;
6795 if (I != E)
6796 Enc += ',';
6797 } while (I != E);
6798 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6799 Enc += ",va";
6800 } else {
6801 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6802 Enc += "va";
6803 else
6804 Enc += '0';
6805 }
6806 }
6807 Enc += ')';
6808 return true;
6809}
6810
6811/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6812/// type encodings.
6813static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6814 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6815 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6816
6817 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6818
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006819 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6820 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6821 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6822 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6823
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006824 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6825
6826 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6827 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6828
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006829 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6830 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6831
6832 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6833 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6834
6835 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6836 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6837
6838 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6839 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6840
6841 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6842 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6843
6844 return false;
6845}
6846
6847static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6848 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6849 if (!D)
6850 return false;
6851
6852 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6853 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6854 return false;
6855 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6856 }
6857
6858 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6859 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6860 return false;
6861 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6862 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6863 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006864 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6865 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6866 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006867 }
6868 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6869 }
6870 return false;
6871}
6872
6873
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006874//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6875// Driver code
6876//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6877
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00006878const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
6879 return getTarget().getTriple();
6880}
6881
6882bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
6883 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
6884}
6885
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006886const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006887 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6888 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006889
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006890 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006891 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006892 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006893 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006894
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006895 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6896 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006897 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6898 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006899 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6900
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006901 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6902 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006903 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6904
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006905 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00006906 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006907 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006908 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006909 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006910
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006911 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006912 }
6913
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006914 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006915 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006916 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006917 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006918 {
6919 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006920 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006921 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006922 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006923 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6924 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006925 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6926
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006927 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006928 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006929 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6930 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6931 default:
6932 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6933 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6934 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006935 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006936
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006937 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006938 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006939 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006940 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006941 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00006942 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
6943 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6944
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006945 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6946 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6947 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006948 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006949 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006950 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006951 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00006952 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
6953 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6954
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006955 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6956 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6957 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006958
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006959 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6960 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006961 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006962
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006963 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006964 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006965
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006966 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6967 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6968
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006969 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6970 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6971
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006972 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006973 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6974 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6975 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006976 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006977
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006978 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006979 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006980 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006981 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6982 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006983 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006984 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006985 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006986 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6987 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6988 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006989 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006990 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006991 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006992
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006993 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006994 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006995
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006996 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6997 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00006998 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6999 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00007000 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007001 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7002 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007003 default:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007004 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7005 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007006 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007007 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007008 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7009 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007010 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7011 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007012 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007013 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007014 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007015}